Sony Pcv-e518ds Vaio Manual (large File - 40.5 Mb) English

PCV-E518DS Language

Download Sony Pcv-e518ds Vaio Manual (large File - 40.5 Mb) English

Sponsored links


Download Request Is In Process

Safety Information - Page 1

Notice to Users © 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. This manual and the software described herein, in whole or in part, may not be reproduced, translated, or reduced to any machine-readable form without prior written approval. SONY ELECTRONICS INC. PROVIDES NO WARRANTY WITH REGARD TO THIS MANUAL, THE SOFTWARE, OR OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH REGARD TO THIS MANUAL, THE SOFTWARE, OR S..

FCC Part 68 - Page 2

radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:  Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.  Increase the separation between the equipment and t..

Page 3 - Page 3

such message clearly contains, in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. In order to program this information into your facsimile, see your fax software documentation. You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved in this manual could void your authority to operate this equipment. Page 3

..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 4

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 5 - Page 5

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 6

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 7

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 8

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 9

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 10

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 11

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 12 - Page 12

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 13 - Page 13

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 14

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 15

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 16 - Page 16

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 17

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 18 - Page 18

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 19

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 20

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 21

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 22

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 23

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 24

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 25 - Page 25

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 26 - Page 26

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 27

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 28

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 29 - Page 29

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 30

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 31 - Page 31

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 32

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 33

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 34

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 35

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 36

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 37

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 38 - Page 38

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 39 - Page 39

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 40

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 41

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 42 - Page 42

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 43

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 44 - Page 44

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 45

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 46

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 47

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 48

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 49

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 50

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 51 - Page 51

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 52 - Page 52

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 53

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 54

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 55 - Page 55

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 56

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 57 - Page 57

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 58

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 59

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 60

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 61

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 62

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 63

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 64 - Page 64

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 65 - Page 65

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 66

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 67

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 68 - Page 68

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 69

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 70 - Page 70

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 71

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 72

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 73

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 74

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 75

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 76

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 77 - Page 77

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 78 - Page 78

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 79

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 80

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 81 - Page 81

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 82

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 83 - Page 83

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 84

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 85

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 86

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 87

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 88

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 89

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 90 - Page 90

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 91 - Page 91

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 92

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 93

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 94 - Page 94

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 95

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 96 - Page 96

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 97

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 98

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 99

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 100

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 101

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 102

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 103 - Page 103

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 104 - Page 104

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 105

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 106

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 107 - Page 107

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 108

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 109 - Page 109

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 110

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 111

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 112

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 113

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 114

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 115

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 116 - Page 116

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 117 - Page 117

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 118

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 119

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 120 - Page 120

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 121

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 122 - Page 122

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 123

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 124

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 125

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 126

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 127

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 128

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 129 - Page 129

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 130 - Page 130

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 131

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 132

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 133 - Page 133

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 134

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 135 - Page 135

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 136

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 137

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 138

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 139

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 140

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 141

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 142 - Page 142

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 143 - Page 143

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 144

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 145

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 146 - Page 146

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 147

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 148 - Page 148

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 149

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 150

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 151

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 152

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 153

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 154

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 155 - Page 155

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 156 - Page 156

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 157

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 158

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 159 - Page 159

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 160

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 161 - Page 161

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 162

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 163

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 164

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 165

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 166

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 167

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 168 - Page 168

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 169 - Page 169

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 170

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 171

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 172 - Page 172

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 173

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 174 - Page 174

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 175

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 176

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 177

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 178

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 179

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 180

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 181 - Page 181

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 182 - Page 182

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 183

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 184

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 185 - Page 185

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 186

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 187 - Page 187

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 188

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 189

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 190

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 191

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 192

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 193

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 194 - Page 194

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 195 - Page 195

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 196

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 197

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 198 - Page 198

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 199

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 200 - Page 200

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 201

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 202

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 203

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 204

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 205

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 206

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 207 - Page 207

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 208 - Page 208

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 209

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 210

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 211 - Page 211

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 212

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 213 - Page 213

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 214

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 215

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 216

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 217

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 218

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 219

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 220 - Page 220

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 221 - Page 221

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 222

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 223

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 224 - Page 224

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 225

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 226 - Page 226

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 227

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 228

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 229

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 230

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 231

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 232

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 233 - Page 233

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 234 - Page 234

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 235

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 236

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 237 - Page 237

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 238

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 239 - Page 239

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 240

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 241

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 242

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 243

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 244

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 245

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 246 - Page 246

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 247 - Page 247

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 248

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 249

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 250 - Page 250

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 251

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 252 - Page 252

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 253

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 254

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 255

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 256

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 257

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 258

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 259 - Page 259

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 260 - Page 260

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 261

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 262

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 263 - Page 263

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 264

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 265 - Page 265

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 266

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 267

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 268

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 269

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 270

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 271

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 272 - Page 272

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 273 - Page 273

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 274

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 275

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 276 - Page 276

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 277

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 278 - Page 278

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 279

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 280

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 281

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 282

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 283

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 284

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 285 - Page 285

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 286 - Page 286

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 287

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 288

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 289 - Page 289

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 290

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 291 - Page 291

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 292

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 293

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 294

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 295

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 296

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 297

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 298 - Page 298

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 299 - Page 299

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 300

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 301

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 302 - Page 302

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 303

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 304 - Page 304

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 305

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 306

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 307

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 308

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 309

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 310

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 311 - Page 311

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 312 - Page 312

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 313

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 314

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 315 - Page 315

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 316

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 317 - Page 317

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 318

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 319

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 320

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 321

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 322

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 323

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 324 - Page 324

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 325 - Page 325

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 326

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 327

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 328 - Page 328

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 329

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 330 - Page 330

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 331

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 332

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 333

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 334

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 335

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 336

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 337 - Page 337

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 338 - Page 338

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 339

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 340

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 341 - Page 341

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 342

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio™ Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio™ Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP suppo..

Page 343 - Page 343

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio™ Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting..

Back Panel Overview - Page 344

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 345

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate™ Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatte..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 346

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 347

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 348

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 349

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 350 - Page 350

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 351 - Page 351

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 352

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey™ MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat m..

Specifications - Page 353

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess™(EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com..

Page 354 - Page 354

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 355

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 356 - Page 356

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 357

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 358

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 359

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 360

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 361

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 362

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 363 - Page 363

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 364 - Page 364

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 365

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 366

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 367 - Page 367

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 368

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 369 - Page 369

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 370

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 371

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 372

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 373

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 374

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 375

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 376 - Page 376

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 377 - Page 377

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 378

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 379

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 380 - Page 380

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 381

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 382 - Page 382

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 383

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 384

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 385

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 386

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 387

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 388

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 389 - Page 389

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 390 - Page 390

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 391

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 392

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 393 - Page 393

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 394

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 395 - Page 395

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 396

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 397

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 398

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 399

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 400

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 401

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 402 - Page 402

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 403 - Page 403

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 404

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 405

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 406 - Page 406

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Computer and Supplied Accessories - Page 407

Read Me First Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing. Features For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer, see Specifications .  Exceptional performance: Your computer includes a brand new Intel ® Pentium® III processor, a CD-RW drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem. * * Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, an..

Page 408 - Page 408

Manuals  Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system, how to contact software vendors, and last minute troubleshooting tips.  The VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide describes how to get started with your computer, find help, and solve common problems.  The Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system. Recovery CDs  System Recovery CD(s)  Application Recovery CD(s) Other  Setting up..

Back Panel Overview - Page 409

Back Panel Overview The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer. For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors. Front Panel Overview The front panel of your VAIO Digital Studio Computer allows for access to the diskette and CD-RW drives. It also includes USB ..

Supplementary Information - Page 410

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector. Supplementary Information For the most recent version of this manual, see the online version of Read Me First. You can access this document from the Windows Start Menu by selecting Programs/VAIO Documentation. Hard Drive Partition In order to improve the performance of your computer's DVgate Motion software, the hard disk drive on your computer has been formatted w..

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode - Page 411

S4 - Microsoft ® Works (Work) S5 - Quicken 99 Basic (Finance) S6 - VAIO Documentation (Help) All six buttons are reprogrammable. Using The Standby Mode To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode When you are done using your computer, you can put it in Standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into Standby mode.  Touch the power switch on the front panel.  Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.  Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (th..

Connecting to i.LINK Ports - Page 412

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . Connecting to i.LINK Ports Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. Each 6-pin connector supplies 10V to 12V. The total power supplied by both 6-pin i.LINK ..

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® - Page 413

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required) Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended) - Less than 1.0 (required) [Preview Option] Preview Window Size - 360x240 Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview clips when editing AVI files. Using Alternate Browsers with America Online® To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps: 1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then cl..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 414

 You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.  To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.  You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.  Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.  DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVg..

Page 415 - Page 415

enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art, and templates to assist you. Adobe Premiere® LE Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Premiere LE offers an interface and editing tool for producing movies for video, multimedia, or the web. View source clips and edited footage simultaneously in the monitor window. Create video clips up to three hours long with complete audio-video synchronization. America Online® America Online America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends..

Page 416 - Page 416

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology, providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98 Microsoft Corporation Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It's safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help y..

For Answers to Your Software Questions - Page 417

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it's easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online. SurfMonkey MediaLive, Inc SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to inappropriate web sites, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat mess..

Specifications - Page 418

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.) Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.) Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone 800-395-8410 e-mail support@earthlink.net hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.) Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ ..

Page 419 - Page 419

Model PCV-E518DS Processor 500 MHz Pentium® III Hard Disk Drive 17.28 GB Standard SDRAM 128 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM 8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG Digital Video supports full-screen video playback Graphics 3D 2X AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities 3D Positional Audio (Aureal A3D) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD CD-RW Drive CD-RW Drive (4X max. CD-R writing, 2X max. CD-RW writing, 24X max. reading) Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem 1 Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One additional hard disk drive bay Connection Capabiliti..

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 420

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. It is a high-performance multimedia computer that combines state-of-the-art computer functionality with the latest audio/video and information technology convergence features. The computer comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. To get started, just follow the simple steps described on the color poster to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO Digital Studio Computer is ready to use. Choosing a Location for Your Co..

Registering Windows® 98 - Page 421

the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.  Lighting-- Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness. Registering Windows® 98 The first time you turn on your computer, you need to comple..

Connecting the Optional Palmrest - Page 422

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form. The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. Using the VAIO Smart Keyboard Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest. 1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface. 2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard. 3. Move..

Using the Standby Function - Page 423

Alternatively, you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on-screen button. However, you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system, such as My Computer. 5. Close the Customization dialog box. Using the Standby Function When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use. To put the computer in standby mode 1. Save your work and close any applications that are runn..

Respond to any prompts about saving documents. - Page 424

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu. 2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. 3. Select the Shut down option. 4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process. Respond to any prompts about saving documents. 5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off. 6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer. Page 424

..

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 425

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. It is a high-performance multimedia computer that combines state-of-the-art computer functionality with the latest audio/video and information technology convergence features. The computer comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. To get started, just follow the simple steps described on the color poster to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO Digital Studio Computer is ready to use. Choosing a Location for Your Co..

Registering Windows® 98 - Page 426

the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.  Lighting-- Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness. Registering Windows® 98 The first time you turn on your computer, you need to comple..

Connecting the Optional Palmrest - Page 427

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form. The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. Using the VAIO Smart Keyboard Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest. 1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface. 2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard. 3. Move..

Using the Standby Function - Page 428

Alternatively, you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on-screen button. However, you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system, such as My Computer. 5. Close the Customization dialog box. Using the Standby Function When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use. To put the computer in standby mode 1. Save your work and close any applications that are runn..

Respond to any prompts about saving documents. - Page 429

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu. 2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. 3. Select the Shut down option. 4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process. Respond to any prompts about saving documents. 5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off. 6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer. Page 429

..

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 430

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. It is a high-performance multimedia computer that combines state-of-the-art computer functionality with the latest audio/video and information technology convergence features. The computer comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. To get started, just follow the simple steps described on the color poster to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO Digital Studio Computer is ready to use. Choosing a Location for Your Co..

Registering Windows® 98 - Page 431

the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.  Lighting-- Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness. Registering Windows® 98 The first time you turn on your computer, you need to comple..

Connecting the Optional Palmrest - Page 432

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form. The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. Using the VAIO Smart Keyboard Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest. 1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface. 2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard. 3. Move..

Using the Standby Function - Page 433

Alternatively, you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on-screen button. However, you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system, such as My Computer. 5. Close the Customization dialog box. Using the Standby Function When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use. To put the computer in standby mode 1. Save your work and close any applications that are runn..

Respond to any prompts about saving documents. - Page 434

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu. 2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. 3. Select the Shut down option. 4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process. Respond to any prompts about saving documents. 5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off. 6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer. Page 434

..

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 435

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. It is a high-performance multimedia computer that combines state-of-the-art computer functionality with the latest audio/video and information technology convergence features. The computer comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. To get started, just follow the simple steps described on the color poster to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO Digital Studio Computer is ready to use. Choosing a Location for Your Co..

Registering Windows® 98 - Page 436

the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.  Lighting-- Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness. Registering Windows® 98 The first time you turn on your computer, you need to comple..

Connecting the Optional Palmrest - Page 437

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form. The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. Using the VAIO Smart Keyboard Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest. 1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface. 2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard. 3. Move..

Using the Standby Function - Page 438

Alternatively, you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on-screen button. However, you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system, such as My Computer. 5. Close the Customization dialog box. Using the Standby Function When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use. To put the computer in standby mode 1. Save your work and close any applications that are runn..

Respond to any prompts about saving documents. - Page 439

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu. 2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. 3. Select the Shut down option. 4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process. Respond to any prompts about saving documents. 5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off. 6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer. Page 439

..

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 440

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. It is a high-performance multimedia computer that combines state-of-the-art computer functionality with the latest audio/video and information technology convergence features. The computer comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. To get started, just follow the simple steps described on the color poster to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO Digital Studio Computer is ready to use. Choosing a Location for Your Co..

Registering Windows® 98 - Page 441

the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.  Lighting-- Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness. Registering Windows® 98 The first time you turn on your computer, you need to comple..

Connecting the Optional Palmrest - Page 442

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form. The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. Using the VAIO Smart Keyboard Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest. 1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface. 2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard. 3. Move..

Using the Standby Function - Page 443

Alternatively, you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on-screen button. However, you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system, such as My Computer. 5. Close the Customization dialog box. Using the Standby Function When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use. To put the computer in standby mode 1. Save your work and close any applications that are runn..

Respond to any prompts about saving documents. - Page 444

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu. 2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. 3. Select the Shut down option. 4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process. Respond to any prompts about saving documents. 5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off. 6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer. Page 444

..

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 445

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. It is a high-performance multimedia computer that combines state-of-the-art computer functionality with the latest audio/video and information technology convergence features. The computer comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. To get started, just follow the simple steps described on the color poster to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO Digital Studio Computer is ready to use. Choosing a Location for Your Co..

Registering Windows® 98 - Page 446

the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.  Lighting-- Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness. Registering Windows® 98 The first time you turn on your computer, you need to comple..

Connecting the Optional Palmrest - Page 447

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form. The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. Using the VAIO Smart Keyboard Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest. 1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface. 2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard. 3. Move..

Using the Standby Function - Page 448

Alternatively, you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on-screen button. However, you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system, such as My Computer. 5. Close the Customization dialog box. Using the Standby Function When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use. To put the computer in standby mode 1. Save your work and close any applications that are runn..

Respond to any prompts about saving documents. - Page 449

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu. 2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. 3. Select the Shut down option. 4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process. Respond to any prompts about saving documents. 5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off. 6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer. Page 449

..

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 450

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. It is a high-performance multimedia computer that combines state-of-the-art computer functionality with the latest audio/video and information technology convergence features. The computer comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. To get started, just follow the simple steps described on the color poster to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO Digital Studio Computer is ready to use. Choosing a Location for Your Co..

Registering Windows® 98 - Page 451

the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.  Lighting-- Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness. Registering Windows® 98 The first time you turn on your computer, you need to comple..

Connecting the Optional Palmrest - Page 452

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form. The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. Using the VAIO Smart Keyboard Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest. 1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface. 2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard. 3. Move..

Using the Standby Function - Page 453

Alternatively, you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on-screen button. However, you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system, such as My Computer. 5. Close the Customization dialog box. Using the Standby Function When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use. To put the computer in standby mode 1. Save your work and close any applications that are runn..

Respond to any prompts about saving documents. - Page 454

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu. 2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. 3. Select the Shut down option. 4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process. Respond to any prompts about saving documents. 5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off. 6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer. Page 454

..

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 455

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. It is a high-performance multimedia computer that combines state-of-the-art computer functionality with the latest audio/video and information technology convergence features. The computer comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. To get started, just follow the simple steps described on the color poster to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO Digital Studio Computer is ready to use. Choosing a Location for Your Co..

Registering Windows® 98 - Page 456

the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.  Lighting-- Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness. Registering Windows® 98 The first time you turn on your computer, you need to comple..

Connecting the Optional Palmrest - Page 457

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form. The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. Using the VAIO Smart Keyboard Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest. 1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface. 2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard. 3. Move..

Using the Standby Function - Page 458

Alternatively, you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on-screen button. However, you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system, such as My Computer. 5. Close the Customization dialog box. Using the Standby Function When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use. To put the computer in standby mode 1. Save your work and close any applications that are runn..

Respond to any prompts about saving documents. - Page 459

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu. 2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. 3. Select the Shut down option. 4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process. Respond to any prompts about saving documents. 5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off. 6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer. Page 459

..

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 460

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. It is a high-performance multimedia computer that combines state-of-the-art computer functionality with the latest audio/video and information technology convergence features. The computer comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. To get started, just follow the simple steps described on the color poster to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO Digital Studio Computer is ready to use. Choosing a Location for Your Co..

Registering Windows® 98 - Page 461

the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.  Lighting-- Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness. Registering Windows® 98 The first time you turn on your computer, you need to comple..

Connecting the Optional Palmrest - Page 462

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form. The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. Using the VAIO Smart Keyboard Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest. 1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface. 2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard. 3. Move..

Using the Standby Function - Page 463

Alternatively, you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on-screen button. However, you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system, such as My Computer. 5. Close the Customization dialog box. Using the Standby Function When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use. To put the computer in standby mode 1. Save your work and close any applications that are runn..

Respond to any prompts about saving documents. - Page 464

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu. 2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. 3. Select the Shut down option. 4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process. Respond to any prompts about saving documents. 5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off. 6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer. Page 464

..

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 465

Getting Started With Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO Digital Studio Computer. It is a high-performance multimedia computer that combines state-of-the-art computer functionality with the latest audio/video and information technology convergence features. The computer comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. To get started, just follow the simple steps described on the color poster to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO Digital Studio Computer is ready to use. Choosing a Location for Your Co..

Registering Windows® 98 - Page 466

the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.  Lighting-- Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on the display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness. Registering Windows® 98 The first time you turn on your computer, you need to comple..

Connecting the Optional Palmrest - Page 467

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form. The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number. Using the VAIO Smart Keyboard Connecting the Optional Palmrest The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest. 1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface. 2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard. 3. Move..

Using the Standby Function - Page 468

Alternatively, you can drag and drop any Windows icon that represents the function you want to assign onto the on-screen button. However, you cannot drag and drop icons that are specific to the Windows operating system, such as My Computer. 5. Close the Customization dialog box. Using the Standby Function When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use. To put the computer in standby mode 1. Save your work and close any applications that are runn..

Respond to any prompts about saving documents. - Page 469

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu. 2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. 3. Select the Shut down option. 4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process. Respond to any prompts about saving documents. 5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off. 6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer. Page 469

..

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device - Page 470

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Features This chapter describes the Sony digital audio/video applications that are preinstalled on your VAIO Digital Studio Computer:  Digital Media Park , see Digital Media Park and MD Editor  DVgate Applications, see DVgate Applications  PictureGear , see PictureGear It also describes the VAIO Digital Studio Computer connectivity features, including:  i.LINK (IEEE-1394), see i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Compatibility  Optical Digital Audio Output, see Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility  S-Link (Control-A1), see S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility..

To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device - Page 471

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an Optical Digital Audio Output connector. For the latest information on your specific model and on devices known to be compatible with your system, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device  Locate the Optical Digital Audio Output connector. Plug the digital audio device into this connector. Page 471

..

To connect an S-Link (Control-A1) device - Page 472

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it. When transferring digital data, you may only make copies as permitted by law or by the owner of the material that is copied. S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an S-Link (Control-A1) connector. For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of-the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an S-Link (Control-A..

Page 473 - Page 473

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Page 473

..

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device - Page 474

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Features This chapter describes the Sony digital audio/video applications that are preinstalled on your VAIO Digital Studio Computer:  Digital Media Park , see Digital Media Park and MD Editor  DVgate Applications, see DVgate Applications  PictureGear , see PictureGear It also describes the VAIO Digital Studio Computer connectivity features, including:  i.LINK (IEEE-1394), see i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Compatibility  Optical Digital Audio Output, see Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility  S-Link (Control-A1), see S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility..

To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device - Page 475

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an Optical Digital Audio Output connector. For the latest information on your specific model and on devices known to be compatible with your system, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device  Locate the Optical Digital Audio Output connector. Plug the digital audio device into this connector. Page 475

..

To connect an S-Link (Control-A1) device - Page 476

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it. When transferring digital data, you may only make copies as permitted by law or by the owner of the material that is copied. S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an S-Link (Control-A1) connector. For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of-the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an S-Link (Control-A..

Page 477 - Page 477

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Page 477

..

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device - Page 478

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Features This chapter describes the Sony digital audio/video applications that are preinstalled on your VAIO Digital Studio Computer:  Digital Media Park , see Digital Media Park and MD Editor  DVgate Applications, see DVgate Applications  PictureGear , see PictureGear It also describes the VAIO Digital Studio Computer connectivity features, including:  i.LINK (IEEE-1394), see i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Compatibility  Optical Digital Audio Output, see Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility  S-Link (Control-A1), see S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility..

To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device - Page 479

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an Optical Digital Audio Output connector. For the latest information on your specific model and on devices known to be compatible with your system, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device  Locate the Optical Digital Audio Output connector. Plug the digital audio device into this connector. Page 479

..

To connect an S-Link (Control-A1) device - Page 480

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it. When transferring digital data, you may only make copies as permitted by law or by the owner of the material that is copied. S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an S-Link (Control-A1) connector. For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of-the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an S-Link (Control-A..

Page 481 - Page 481

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Page 481

..

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device - Page 482

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Features This chapter describes the Sony digital audio/video applications that are preinstalled on your VAIO Digital Studio Computer:  Digital Media Park , see Digital Media Park and MD Editor  DVgate Applications, see DVgate Applications  PictureGear , see PictureGear It also describes the VAIO Digital Studio Computer connectivity features, including:  i.LINK (IEEE-1394), see i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Compatibility  Optical Digital Audio Output, see Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility  S-Link (Control-A1), see S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility..

To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device - Page 483

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an Optical Digital Audio Output connector. For the latest information on your specific model and on devices known to be compatible with your system, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device  Locate the Optical Digital Audio Output connector. Plug the digital audio device into this connector. Page 483

..

To connect an S-Link (Control-A1) device - Page 484

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it. When transferring digital data, you may only make copies as permitted by law or by the owner of the material that is copied. S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an S-Link (Control-A1) connector. For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of-the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an S-Link (Control-A..

Page 485 - Page 485

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Page 485

..

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device - Page 486

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Features This chapter describes the Sony digital audio/video applications that are preinstalled on your VAIO Digital Studio Computer:  Digital Media Park , see Digital Media Park and MD Editor  DVgate Applications, see DVgate Applications  PictureGear , see PictureGear It also describes the VAIO Digital Studio Computer connectivity features, including:  i.LINK (IEEE-1394), see i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Compatibility  Optical Digital Audio Output, see Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility  S-Link (Control-A1), see S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility..

To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device - Page 487

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an Optical Digital Audio Output connector. For the latest information on your specific model and on devices known to be compatible with your system, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device  Locate the Optical Digital Audio Output connector. Plug the digital audio device into this connector. Page 487

..

To connect an S-Link (Control-A1) device - Page 488

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it. When transferring digital data, you may only make copies as permitted by law or by the owner of the material that is copied. S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an S-Link (Control-A1) connector. For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of-the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an S-Link (Control-A..

Page 489 - Page 489

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Page 489

..

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device - Page 490

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Features This chapter describes the Sony digital audio/video applications that are preinstalled on your VAIO Digital Studio Computer:  Digital Media Park , see Digital Media Park and MD Editor  DVgate Applications, see DVgate Applications  PictureGear , see PictureGear It also describes the VAIO Digital Studio Computer connectivity features, including:  i.LINK (IEEE-1394), see i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Compatibility  Optical Digital Audio Output, see Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility  S-Link (Control-A1), see S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility..

To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device - Page 491

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an Optical Digital Audio Output connector. For the latest information on your specific model and on devices known to be compatible with your system, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device  Locate the Optical Digital Audio Output connector. Plug the digital audio device into this connector. Page 491

..

To connect an S-Link (Control-A1) device - Page 492

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it. When transferring digital data, you may only make copies as permitted by law or by the owner of the material that is copied. S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an S-Link (Control-A1) connector. For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of-the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an S-Link (Control-A..

Page 493 - Page 493

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Page 493

..

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device - Page 494

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Features This chapter describes the Sony digital audio/video applications that are preinstalled on your VAIO Digital Studio Computer:  Digital Media Park , see Digital Media Park and MD Editor  DVgate Applications, see DVgate Applications  PictureGear , see PictureGear It also describes the VAIO Digital Studio Computer connectivity features, including:  i.LINK (IEEE-1394), see i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Compatibility  Optical Digital Audio Output, see Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility  S-Link (Control-A1), see S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility..

To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device - Page 495

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an Optical Digital Audio Output connector. For the latest information on your specific model and on devices known to be compatible with your system, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device  Locate the Optical Digital Audio Output connector. Plug the digital audio device into this connector. Page 495

..

To connect an S-Link (Control-A1) device - Page 496

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it. When transferring digital data, you may only make copies as permitted by law or by the owner of the material that is copied. S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an S-Link (Control-A1) connector. For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of-the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an S-Link (Control-A..

Page 497 - Page 497

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Page 497

..

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device - Page 498

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Features This chapter describes the Sony digital audio/video applications that are preinstalled on your VAIO Digital Studio Computer:  Digital Media Park , see Digital Media Park and MD Editor  DVgate Applications, see DVgate Applications  PictureGear , see PictureGear It also describes the VAIO Digital Studio Computer connectivity features, including:  i.LINK (IEEE-1394), see i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Compatibility  Optical Digital Audio Output, see Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility  S-Link (Control-A1), see S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility..

To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device - Page 499

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Optical Digital Audio Output Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an Optical Digital Audio Output connector. For the latest information on your specific model and on devices known to be compatible with your system, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an Optical Digital Audio Output device  Locate the Optical Digital Audio Output connector. Plug the digital audio device into this connector. Page 499

..

To connect an S-Link (Control-A1) device - Page 500

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it. When transferring digital data, you may only make copies as permitted by law or by the owner of the material that is copied. S-Link (Control-A1) Compatibility Some models of the VAIO Digital Studio Computer include an S-Link (Control-A1) connector. For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of-the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . To connect an S-Link (Control-A..

Page 501 - Page 501

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it. Page 501

..

To place a call to SOS - Page 502

Getting Help Help Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence: VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First Contains a complete list of the items that ship with your computer, product specifications, software support information, and the most up-to-date information on using your computer. VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide Describes getting started with your computer, finding help, and solving common problems. Online User Guide ..

Page 503 - Page 503

3. In the SOS window, type your name, phone number, and a description of the problem. This information cannot be seen by the customer support representative until you give the CSR access to your computer. 4. Click the Call SOS button. The confirmation screen appears. 5. Click the OK button. The Dialer screen appears. 6. Pick up the handset and click the Dial button as instructed. Your modem dials the toll-free number and connects you to the Sony support center. 7. You are asked whether you wish to test your system or talk to a support representative. You are then prompted to indicate the ty..

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual - Page 504

10. To end a call, click the Hang Up button. 11. Click the Close box at the top right corner of the SOS window or select Exit from the File menu to close the SOS window. Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Online Support. For more advanced troubleshooting information, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from Sony's website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . My computer does..

On Cleaning CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs - Page 505

I cannot play a DVD-ROM  If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO Digital Studio Computer. The region code is listed on the disc's packaging. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVDs to indicate what type of player can play the disc. Unless a "1" or "ALL" appears on the DVD or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this computer.  If you hear audio but cannot see video, your computer's video resolution may be set too high..

Shutting Down Your Computer - Page 506

My modem does not work  Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.  Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.  Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.  Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Online Support. My microphone does not work Check that the microphone is plugged into the mic connector. My microphone is too sensitive to background n..

Using the System Recovery CD(s) - Page 507

6. Under Buttons, select Left-handed. 7. Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box. My keyboard does not work Check that the keyboard is plugged into the usb connector. I cannot find the Windows taskbar  Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.  Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen. See the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer. Using the System Recovery CD(s) You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or acciden..

To use the Application Recovery CD(s) - Page 508

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement. 5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process. Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed. The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete. Using the Application Recovery CD(s) The Application Recovery CD(s) allows you to reinstall..

To place a call to SOS - Page 509

Getting Help Help Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence: VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First Contains a complete list of the items that ship with your computer, product specifications, software support information, and the most up-to-date information on using your computer. VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide Describes getting started with your computer, finding help, and solving common problems. Online User Guide ..

Page 510 - Page 510

3. In the SOS window, type your name, phone number, and a description of the problem. This information cannot be seen by the customer support representative until you give the CSR access to your computer. 4. Click the Call SOS button. The confirmation screen appears. 5. Click the OK button. The Dialer screen appears. 6. Pick up the handset and click the Dial button as instructed. Your modem dials the toll-free number and connects you to the Sony support center. 7. You are asked whether you wish to test your system or talk to a support representative. You are then prompted to indicate the ty..

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual - Page 511

10. To end a call, click the Hang Up button. 11. Click the Close box at the top right corner of the SOS window or select Exit from the File menu to close the SOS window. Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Online Support. For more advanced troubleshooting information, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from Sony's website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . My computer does..

On Cleaning CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs - Page 512

I cannot play a DVD-ROM  If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO Digital Studio Computer. The region code is listed on the disc's packaging. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVDs to indicate what type of player can play the disc. Unless a "1" or "ALL" appears on the DVD or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this computer.  If you hear audio but cannot see video, your computer's video resolution may be set too high..

Shutting Down Your Computer - Page 513

My modem does not work  Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.  Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.  Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.  Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Online Support. My microphone does not work Check that the microphone is plugged into the mic connector. My microphone is too sensitive to background n..

Using the System Recovery CD(s) - Page 514

6. Under Buttons, select Left-handed. 7. Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box. My keyboard does not work Check that the keyboard is plugged into the usb connector. I cannot find the Windows taskbar  Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.  Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen. See the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer. Using the System Recovery CD(s) You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or acciden..

To use the Application Recovery CD(s) - Page 515

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement. 5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process. Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed. The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete. Using the Application Recovery CD(s) The Application Recovery CD(s) allows you to reinstall..

To place a call to SOS - Page 516

Getting Help Help Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence: VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First Contains a complete list of the items that ship with your computer, product specifications, software support information, and the most up-to-date information on using your computer. VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide Describes getting started with your computer, finding help, and solving common problems. Online User Guide ..

Page 517 - Page 517

3. In the SOS window, type your name, phone number, and a description of the problem. This information cannot be seen by the customer support representative until you give the CSR access to your computer. 4. Click the Call SOS button. The confirmation screen appears. 5. Click the OK button. The Dialer screen appears. 6. Pick up the handset and click the Dial button as instructed. Your modem dials the toll-free number and connects you to the Sony support center. 7. You are asked whether you wish to test your system or talk to a support representative. You are then prompted to indicate the ty..

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual - Page 518

10. To end a call, click the Hang Up button. 11. Click the Close box at the top right corner of the SOS window or select Exit from the File menu to close the SOS window. Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Online Support. For more advanced troubleshooting information, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from Sony's website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . My computer does..

On Cleaning CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs - Page 519

I cannot play a DVD-ROM  If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO Digital Studio Computer. The region code is listed on the disc's packaging. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVDs to indicate what type of player can play the disc. Unless a "1" or "ALL" appears on the DVD or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this computer.  If you hear audio but cannot see video, your computer's video resolution may be set too high..

Shutting Down Your Computer - Page 520

My modem does not work  Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.  Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.  Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.  Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Online Support. My microphone does not work Check that the microphone is plugged into the mic connector. My microphone is too sensitive to background n..

Using the System Recovery CD(s) - Page 521

6. Under Buttons, select Left-handed. 7. Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box. My keyboard does not work Check that the keyboard is plugged into the usb connector. I cannot find the Windows taskbar  Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.  Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen. See the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer. Using the System Recovery CD(s) You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or acciden..

To use the Application Recovery CD(s) - Page 522

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement. 5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process. Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed. The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete. Using the Application Recovery CD(s) The Application Recovery CD(s) allows you to reinstall..

To place a call to SOS - Page 523

Getting Help Help Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence: VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First Contains a complete list of the items that ship with your computer, product specifications, software support information, and the most up-to-date information on using your computer. VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide Describes getting started with your computer, finding help, and solving common problems. Online User Guide ..

Page 524 - Page 524

3. In the SOS window, type your name, phone number, and a description of the problem. This information cannot be seen by the customer support representative until you give the CSR access to your computer. 4. Click the Call SOS button. The confirmation screen appears. 5. Click the OK button. The Dialer screen appears. 6. Pick up the handset and click the Dial button as instructed. Your modem dials the toll-free number and connects you to the Sony support center. 7. You are asked whether you wish to test your system or talk to a support representative. You are then prompted to indicate the ty..

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual - Page 525

10. To end a call, click the Hang Up button. 11. Click the Close box at the top right corner of the SOS window or select Exit from the File menu to close the SOS window. Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Online Support. For more advanced troubleshooting information, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from Sony's website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . My computer does..

On Cleaning CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs - Page 526

I cannot play a DVD-ROM  If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO Digital Studio Computer. The region code is listed on the disc's packaging. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVDs to indicate what type of player can play the disc. Unless a "1" or "ALL" appears on the DVD or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this computer.  If you hear audio but cannot see video, your computer's video resolution may be set too high..

Shutting Down Your Computer - Page 527

My modem does not work  Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.  Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.  Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.  Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Online Support. My microphone does not work Check that the microphone is plugged into the mic connector. My microphone is too sensitive to background n..

Using the System Recovery CD(s) - Page 528

6. Under Buttons, select Left-handed. 7. Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box. My keyboard does not work Check that the keyboard is plugged into the usb connector. I cannot find the Windows taskbar  Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.  Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen. See the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer. Using the System Recovery CD(s) You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or acciden..

To use the Application Recovery CD(s) - Page 529

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement. 5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process. Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed. The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete. Using the Application Recovery CD(s) The Application Recovery CD(s) allows you to reinstall..

To place a call to SOS - Page 530

Getting Help Help Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence: VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First Contains a complete list of the items that ship with your computer, product specifications, software support information, and the most up-to-date information on using your computer. VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide Describes getting started with your computer, finding help, and solving common problems. Online User Guide ..

Page 531 - Page 531

3. In the SOS window, type your name, phone number, and a description of the problem. This information cannot be seen by the customer support representative until you give the CSR access to your computer. 4. Click the Call SOS button. The confirmation screen appears. 5. Click the OK button. The Dialer screen appears. 6. Pick up the handset and click the Dial button as instructed. Your modem dials the toll-free number and connects you to the Sony support center. 7. You are asked whether you wish to test your system or talk to a support representative. You are then prompted to indicate the ty..

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual - Page 532

10. To end a call, click the Hang Up button. 11. Click the Close box at the top right corner of the SOS window or select Exit from the File menu to close the SOS window. Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Online Support. For more advanced troubleshooting information, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from Sony's website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . My computer does..

On Cleaning CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs - Page 533

I cannot play a DVD-ROM  If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO Digital Studio Computer. The region code is listed on the disc's packaging. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVDs to indicate what type of player can play the disc. Unless a "1" or "ALL" appears on the DVD or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this computer.  If you hear audio but cannot see video, your computer's video resolution may be set too high..

Shutting Down Your Computer - Page 534

My modem does not work  Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.  Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.  Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.  Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Online Support. My microphone does not work Check that the microphone is plugged into the mic connector. My microphone is too sensitive to background n..

Using the System Recovery CD(s) - Page 535

6. Under Buttons, select Left-handed. 7. Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box. My keyboard does not work Check that the keyboard is plugged into the usb connector. I cannot find the Windows taskbar  Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.  Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen. See the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer. Using the System Recovery CD(s) You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or acciden..

To use the Application Recovery CD(s) - Page 536

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement. 5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process. Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed. The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete. Using the Application Recovery CD(s) The Application Recovery CD(s) allows you to reinstall..

To place a call to SOS - Page 537

Getting Help Help Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer. When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software, check these sources for answers, in the following sequence: VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First Contains a complete list of the items that ship with your computer, product specifications, software support information, and the most up-to-date information on using your computer. VAIO Digital Studio Computer User Guide Describes getting started with your computer, finding help, and solving common problems. Online User Guide ..

Page 538 - Page 538

3. In the SOS window, type your name, phone number, and a description of the problem. This information cannot be seen by the customer support representative until you give the CSR access to your computer. 4. Click the Call SOS button. The confirmation screen appears. 5. Click the OK button. The Dialer screen appears. 6. Pick up the handset and click the Dial button as instructed. Your modem dials the toll-free number and connects you to the Sony support center. 7. You are asked whether you wish to test your system or talk to a support representative. You are then prompted to indicate the ty..

VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual - Page 539

10. To end a call, click the Hang Up button. 11. Click the Close box at the top right corner of the SOS window or select Exit from the File menu to close the SOS window. Troubleshooting This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer. Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Online Support. For more advanced troubleshooting information, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from Sony's website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . My computer does..

On Cleaning CD-ROMs and DVD-ROMs - Page 540

I cannot play a DVD-ROM  If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO Digital Studio Computer. The region code is listed on the disc's packaging. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVDs to indicate what type of player can play the disc. Unless a "1" or "ALL" appears on the DVD or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this computer.  If you hear audio but cannot see video, your computer's video resolution may be set too high..

Shutting Down Your Computer - Page 541

My modem does not work  Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.  Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.  Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.  Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Online Support. My microphone does not work Check that the microphone is plugged into the mic connector. My microphone is too sensitive to background n..

Using the System Recovery CD(s) - Page 542

6. Under Buttons, select Left-handed. 7. Click the OK button to close the Mouse Properties dialog box. My keyboard does not work Check that the keyboard is plugged into the usb connector. I cannot find the Windows taskbar  Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.  Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen. See the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer. Using the System Recovery CD(s) You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or acciden..

To use the Application Recovery CD(s) - Page 543

4. Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement. 5. When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process. Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed. The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete. Using the Application Recovery CD(s) The Application Recovery CD(s) allows you to reinstall..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 544

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 545 - Page 545

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 545

..

To install memory - Page 546

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 547

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 548

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 549

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 549

..

Page 550 - Page 550

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 550

..

Page 551 - Page 551

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 551

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 552

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 553

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 553

..

To remove the front panel - Page 554

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 554

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 555

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 555

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 556

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 556

..

To replace the front panel - Page 557

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 557

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 558

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 558

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 559

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 560 - Page 560

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 560

..

To install memory - Page 561

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 562

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 563

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 564

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 564

..

Page 565 - Page 565

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 565

..

Page 566 - Page 566

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 566

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 567

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 568

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 568

..

To remove the front panel - Page 569

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 569

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 570

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 570

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 571

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 571

..

To replace the front panel - Page 572

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 572

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 573

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 573

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 574

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 575 - Page 575

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 575

..

To install memory - Page 576

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 577

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 578

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 579

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 579

..

Page 580 - Page 580

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 580

..

Page 581 - Page 581

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 581

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 582

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 583

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 583

..

To remove the front panel - Page 584

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 584

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 585

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 585

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 586

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 586

..

To replace the front panel - Page 587

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 587

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 588

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 588

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 589

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 590 - Page 590

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 590

..

To install memory - Page 591

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 592

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 593

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 594

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 594

..

Page 595 - Page 595

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 595

..

Page 596 - Page 596

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 596

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 597

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 598

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 598

..

To remove the front panel - Page 599

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 599

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 600

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 600

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 601

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 601

..

To replace the front panel - Page 602

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 602

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 603

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 603

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 604

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 605 - Page 605

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 605

..

To install memory - Page 606

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 607

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 608

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 609

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 609

..

Page 610 - Page 610

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 610

..

Page 611 - Page 611

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 611

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 612

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 613

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 613

..

To remove the front panel - Page 614

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 614

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 615

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 615

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 616

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 616

..

To replace the front panel - Page 617

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 617

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 618

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 618

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 619

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 620 - Page 620

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 620

..

To install memory - Page 621

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 622

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 623

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 624

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 624

..

Page 625 - Page 625

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 625

..

Page 626 - Page 626

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 626

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 627

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 628

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 628

..

To remove the front panel - Page 629

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 629

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 630

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 630

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 631

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 631

..

To replace the front panel - Page 632

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 632

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 633

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 633

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 634

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 635 - Page 635

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 635

..

To install memory - Page 636

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 637

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 638

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 639

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 639

..

Page 640 - Page 640

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 640

..

Page 641 - Page 641

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 641

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 642

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 643

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 643

..

To remove the front panel - Page 644

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 644

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 645

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 645

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 646

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 646

..

To replace the front panel - Page 647

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 647

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 648

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 648

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 649

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 650 - Page 650

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 650

..

To install memory - Page 651

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 652

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 653

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 654

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 654

..

Page 655 - Page 655

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 655

..

Page 656 - Page 656

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 656

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 657

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 658

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 658

..

To remove the front panel - Page 659

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 659

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 660

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 660

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 661

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 661

..

To replace the front panel - Page 662

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 662

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 663

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 663

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 664

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 665 - Page 665

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 665

..

To install memory - Page 666

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 667

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 668

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 669

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 669

..

Page 670 - Page 670

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 670

..

Page 671 - Page 671

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 671

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 672

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 673

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 673

..

To remove the front panel - Page 674

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 674

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 675

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 675

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 676

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 676

..

To replace the front panel - Page 677

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 677

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 678

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 678

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 679

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 680 - Page 680

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 680

..

To install memory - Page 681

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 682

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 683

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 684

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 684

..

Page 685 - Page 685

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 685

..

Page 686 - Page 686

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 686

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 687

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 688

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 688

..

To remove the front panel - Page 689

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 689

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 690

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 690

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 691

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 691

..

To replace the front panel - Page 692

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 692

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 693

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 693

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 694

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 695 - Page 695

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 695

..

To install memory - Page 696

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 697

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 698

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 699

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 699

..

Page 700 - Page 700

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 700

..

Page 701 - Page 701

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 701

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 702

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 703

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 703

..

To remove the front panel - Page 704

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 704

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 705

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 705

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 706

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 706

..

To replace the front panel - Page 707

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 707

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 708

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 708

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 709

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 710 - Page 710

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 710

..

To install memory - Page 711

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 712

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 713

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 714

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 714

..

Page 715 - Page 715

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 715

..

Page 716 - Page 716

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 716

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 717

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 718

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 718

..

To remove the front panel - Page 719

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 719

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 720

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 720

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 721

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 721

..

To replace the front panel - Page 722

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 722

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 723

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 723

..

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio - Page 724

Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer In the future you may want to install additional boards to expand the functionality of your computer. This section describes how to open your computer and insert add-in boards, add memory, replace the lithium battery, and install an additional hard disk drive. For more information on upgrading your Sony computer, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual . You can download this electronic document from the Sony Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . The procedures in this section assume you are familiar with the ge..

Page 725 - Page 725

6. Install the add-in board by plugging it into the expansion slot on the system board. Attach any internal cables that the board requires (see the manual for the add-in board). Page 725

..

To install memory - Page 726

7. Replace the left-side panel as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . Adding Memory In order to increase your computer's memory, you may need to remove one of the factory-installed DIMMs and replace it with one of greater capacity. For details, see the VAIO Digital Studio Computer Reference Manual , which is available at Sony's Web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport . For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 64-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0 or 3.3V unbuffered 4-clock 72-bit 66 MHz SDRAM DIMM module Rev1.0. For more information on Digital Studio Computer compat..

To replace the lithium battery - Page 727

You do not need to completely remove the diskette drive in order to access the DIMM sockets. 4. If necessary, remove any cables, add-in cards, or other components to access the DIMM sockets. 5. Remove either (or both) of the factory-installed DIMMs. 6. Handle the DIMM only by the edges, and remove it from its anti-static package. 7. Locate the keys on the bottom edge of the DIMM . 8. Align the DIMM over the socket. To avoid damaging the DIMM socket, move the DIMM socket tabs slightly outward to relieve pressure. The DIMM should then click easily into place. 9. Firmly insert the bottom edge ..

Installing an Internal Hard Disk Drive - Page 728

2. Write down the current BIOS Setup options. 3. Shut down your computer and turn off all peripheral devices, such as your printer, display, and speakers. Unplug your computer. 4. Remove the left-side and bottom panels, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 5. Install the new battery with the plus (+) side up. There is danger of explosion if you replace the battery incorrectly. You must replace the battery only with a CR2032 type lithium battery. Discard used batteries according to the instructions on On Disposal of the Lithium Battery . 6. Replace the bottom and left-side panels, ..

Removing the Left-Side Panel - Page 729

configuration instructions). 2. Remove the left-side panel, as described in Removing the Left-Side Panel . 3. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 4. Remove the bottom panel, as described in Removing the Bottom Panel . 5. Lay the system on its right side (left side faces up-see diagram that follows). 6. Remove the two screws that secure the drive holder. 7. Slide the drive holder forward and then out. Page 729

..

Page 730 - Page 730

8. Place the drive holder upside down on top of the power supply. 9. Slide the new drive into the drive holder and align the holes on each side of the drive bay. Page 730

..

Page 731 - Page 731

10. Secure the drive to the drive holder using any two of the three holes on each side of the drive holder (screws are provided with the new drive). Do not overtighten the screws. 11. Connect the second drive connector to the new drive. 12. Connect the second power connector to the new drive. 13. Place the drive holder against the inside of the front chassis and slide it back. Be sure to align the slots on the drive holder with the tabs on the inside of the chassis. Be sure to slide the drive holder back so that the tabs slip into the notch at the bottom of the slot. Page 731

..

To remove the left-side panel - Page 732

14. Replace the two screws that secure the holder to the chassis. 15. Replace the bottom panel, as described in Replacing the Bottom Panel . 16. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . 17. Replace the left-side panel, as described in Replacing the Left-Side Panel . 18. Reconnect the power cord and then turn on your computer. Your computer automatically recognizes the new drive and configures itself accordingly when you turn it on. Format and partition the new drive following the instructions provided with the drive. Removing the Left-Side Panel To remove the lef..

To remove the bottom panel - Page 733

Removing the Bottom Panel To remove the bottom panel 1. Remove the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. 2. Pull the bottom panel straight out to remove it. Page 733

..

To remove the front panel - Page 734

Removing the Front Panel To remove the front panel 1. Open the CD tray by inserting a thin, pointed object into the emergency eject opening. 2. Slide the CD tray forward. 3. Remove the front cover of the CD tray by lifting it upwards. 4. Press down on each of the two tabs on the bottom of the front panel to release the panel. 5. Pull the front panel forward to remove it. Page 734

..

Detaching the Diskette Drive - Page 735

Detaching the Diskette Drive To detach the diskette drive 1. Remove the front panel, as described in Removing the Front Panel . 2. Remove the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Pull the diskette drive forward. If you are adding memory, you do not need to completely remove the diskette drive or disconnect the cable. Page 735

..

To replace the diskette drive - Page 736

Replacing the Diskette Drive To replace the diskette drive 1. Push the diskette drive straight into the drive slot. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the diskette drive to the front of the chassis. 3. Replace the front panel, as described in Replacing the Front Panel . Replacing the Bottom Panel To replace the bottom panel 1. Align the bottom panel with the screw hole on the bottom of the chassis. 2. Replace the screw that secures the bottom panel to the chassis. Page 736

..

To replace the front panel - Page 737

Replacing the Front Panel To replace the front panel 1. Push the front panel straight onto the front of the chassis until it clicks into place. 2. Replace the front cover of the CD tray by sliding it down onto the front of the open tray. 3. Close the CD tray. Page 737

..

Slide the panel forward until it stops. - Page 738

Replacing the Left-Side Panel To replace the left-side panel 1. Slide the panel forward until it stops. 2. Replace the two screws that secure the panel to the chassis. Page 738

..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 739

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 740

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 741 - Page 741

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 742

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 743

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 744 - Page 744

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 745

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 746

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 747 - Page 747

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 748

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 749

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 750 - Page 750

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 751

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 752

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 753 - Page 753

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 754

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 755

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 756 - Page 756

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 757

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 758

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 759 - Page 759

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 760

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 761

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 762 - Page 762

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 763

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 764

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 765 - Page 765

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 766

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 767

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 768 - Page 768

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 769

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 770

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 771 - Page 771

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Do not handle damaged or leaking lithium batteries. - Page 772

Other Information Notes on Use On the Power Source  Your computer operates on 100-120 V AC 50/60 Hz for North American countries.  The total power draw of installed add-in cards must not exceed the specifications for the power supply. Do not overload the system by installing add-in cards that draw excessive current. The system is designed to provide 2 amps (average) of 5V power for each card in the system not to exceed a total of 12 amps. The total from +5V current draw in a fully-loaded system (with all the add-in card slots filled) must not exceed 12 amps. If you add components to t..

On Handling - Page 773

Replace the battery with a Sony CR2032 lithium battery. Using a type of battery other than a CR2032 may present a risk of fire or explosion. On Handling  Clean the cabinet with a soft, dry cloth or a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder, or solvent such as alcohol or benzine, as it may damage the finish of your Sony computer.  Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, keyboard, or mouse, shut down your computer and then unplug it. You may want to have the computer checked by qualified personnel..

Page 774 - Page 774

inside your computer. In this case, allow at least an hour before turning on your computer. If any problem occurs, unplug your computer, and contact your Sony Service Center. On Upgrading the System  The procedures described in the Upgrading and Maintaining Your VAIO Digital Studio Computer chapter of the online manual assume familiarity with the general terminology associated with personal computers and with the safety practices and regulatory compliance required for using and modifying electronic equipment.  Disconnect the system from its power source and from any telecommunications..

Limited Warranty Statement - Page 775

Limited Warranty Statement The limited warranty on your VAIO Digital Studio Computer covers parts and labor against defects in material or workmanship for a period of three months from the original date of purchase. You can extend the warranty period for an additional nine months by registering your computer. See Registering Your Computer . Once you register your computer, the limited warranty period is twelve months from the original date of purchase. SONY ELECTRONICS INC. ("SONY") warrants this computer hardware product ("the Product") against defects in material or workmanship as follows..

Page 776 - Page 776

WILL BE RETURNED TO YOU CONFIGURED AS ORIGINALLY PURCHASED (SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY OF SOFTWARE). Be sure to remove all third party hardware, software, features, parts, options, alterations, and attachments not warranted by SONY prior to sending the product to SONY for service. SONY is not liable for any loss or damage to these items. This Limited Warranty does not cover any consumable items (such as batteries) supplied with this Product; cosmetic damages; damage or loss to any software programs, data, or removable storage media; or damage due to (1) acts of God, accident, misuse, abuse, ne..

Sponsored links

Latest Update